blob: c1e4c0ecdd422f643d4b6b58da2c8667deb66dbf [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000019#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
20#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
21#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000023#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000024#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000026using namespace clang;
27
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000028//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
29// Standard Promotions and Conversions
30//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
31
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000032/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
33void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
34 QualType Ty = E->getType();
35 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
36
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000037 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
38 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +000039 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
40 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
41 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
42 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
43 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
44 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
45 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +000046 //
47 // C++ 4.2p1:
48 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
49 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
50 //
51 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
52 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +000053 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
54 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000055}
56
57/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
58/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
59/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
60/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
61/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
62Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
63 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
64 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
65
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000066 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
67 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
68 else
69 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
70
71 return Expr;
72}
73
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +000074/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
75/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
76/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
77void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
78 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
79 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
80
81 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
82 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
83 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
84 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
85
86 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
87}
88
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +000089// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
90// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type.
91void Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT)
92
93{
94 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
95
96 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType()) {
97 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
98 diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) <<
99 Expr->getType() << CT;
100 }
101}
102
103
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000104/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
105/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
106/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
107/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
108/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
109/// GCC.
110QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
111 bool isCompAssign) {
112 if (!isCompAssign) {
113 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
114 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
115 }
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000116
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000117 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
118 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000119 QualType lhs =
120 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
121 QualType rhs =
122 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000123
124 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
125 if (lhs == rhs)
126 return lhs;
127
128 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
129 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
130 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
131 return lhs;
132
133 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
134 if (!isCompAssign) {
135 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
136 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
137 }
138 return destType;
139}
140
141QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
142 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
143 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
144 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
145 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
146 // equivalent.
Douglas Gregor3d4492e2008-11-13 20:12:29 +0000147 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType()) lhs = Context.IntTy;
148 else lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
149 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType()) rhs = Context.IntTy;
150 else rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000151
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000152 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
153 if (lhs == rhs)
154 return lhs;
155
156 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
157 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
158 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
159 return lhs;
160
161 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
162
163 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
164 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
165 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
166 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
167 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000168 return lhs;
169 }
170 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
171 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000172 return rhs;
173 }
174 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
175 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
176 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
177 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
178 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
179 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
180 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
181 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
182 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
183 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
184 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
185
186 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
187 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000188 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
189 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000190 }
191 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
192 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
193 // does not require this promotion.
194 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
195 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196 return rhs;
197 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000198 return lhs;
199 }
200 }
201 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
202 }
203 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
204 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
205 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000206 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000207 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000208 return lhs;
209 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000210 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
211 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
212 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
213 }
214 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000215 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000216 return rhs;
217 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000218 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
219 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
220 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
221 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000222 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
223 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
224 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
225
226 if (result > 0) { // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000227 return lhs;
228 }
229 if (result < 0) { // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000230 return rhs;
231 }
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000232 assert(0 && "Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(): illegal float comparison");
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000233 }
234 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
235 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
236 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
237 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
238
239 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
240 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
241 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0) {
242 // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000243 return lhs;
244 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000245 return rhs;
246 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
247 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000248 return lhs;
249 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
250 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000251 return rhs;
252 }
253 }
254 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
255 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
256 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
257 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
258 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
259 QualType destType;
260 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
261 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
262 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
263 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
264 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
265 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
266 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
267 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
268 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
269 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
270 // use the signed type.
271 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
272 } else {
273 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
274 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
275 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
276 // to the signed type.
277 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
278 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279 return destType;
280}
281
282//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
283// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
284//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
285
286
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000287/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000288/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
289/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
290/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
291/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000292///
293Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000294Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000295 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
296
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000297 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000298 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000299 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000300
301 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
302 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
303 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000304
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000305 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000306 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000307 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000308
309 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
310 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
311 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000312
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000313 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
314 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
315 // strings.
316 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
317 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetStringLength()+1),
318 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000319
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000320 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000321 return Owned(new (Context) StringLiteral(Literal.GetString(),
322 Literal.GetStringLength(),
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000323 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
324 StringToks[0].getLocation(),
325 StringToks[NumStringToks-1].getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000326}
327
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000328/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
329/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
330/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
331/// for values inside the block or for globals).
332///
333/// FIXME: This will create BlockDeclRefExprs for global variables,
334/// function references, etc which is suboptimal :) and breaks
335/// things like "integer constant expression" tests.
336static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
337 ValueDecl *VD) {
338 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
339 // we wanted to.
340 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
341 return false;
342
343 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
344 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
345 return false;
346
347 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
348 // snapshot it.
349 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
350 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
351 return Var->hasLocalStorage();
352
353 return true;
354}
355
356
357
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000358/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000359/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000360/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000361/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000362/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000363Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
364 IdentifierInfo &II,
365 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000366 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
367 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
368 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000369 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000370}
371
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000372/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
373/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
374/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000375DeclRefExpr *
376Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
377 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
378 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000379 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
380 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000381 ValueDependent, SS->getRange().getBegin());
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000382 else
383 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000384}
385
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000386/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
387/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
388/// is Record.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000389static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000390 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
391 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
392
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000393 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000394 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
395 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
396 // this even better.
397 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
398 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
399 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
400 D != DEnd; ++D) {
401 if (*D == Record) {
402 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
403 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
404 ++D;
405 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000406 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000407 return *D;
408 }
409 }
410
411 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
412 return 0;
413}
414
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000415Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000416Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
417 FieldDecl *Field,
418 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
419 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
420 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
421 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
422 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
423
424 // Construct the sequence of field member references
425 // we'll have to perform to get to the field in the anonymous
426 // union/struct. The list of members is built from the field
427 // outward, so traverse it backwards to go from an object in
428 // the current context to the field we found.
429 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
430 AnonFields.push_back(Field);
431 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
432 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
433 do {
434 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000435 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000436 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
437 AnonFields.push_back(AnonField);
438 else {
439 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
440 break;
441 }
442 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
443 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
444 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
445
446 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
447 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
448 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
449 // found via name lookup.
450 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
451 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
452 if (BaseObject) {
453 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
454 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
455 delete BaseObjectExpr;
456
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000457 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000458 SourceLocation());
459 ExtraQuals
460 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
461 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
462 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
463 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
464 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
465 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
466 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
467 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
468 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
469 }
470 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
471 } else {
472 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
473 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
474 // program our base object expression is "this".
475 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
476 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
477 QualType AnonFieldType
478 = Context.getTagDeclType(
479 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
480 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
481 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
482 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
483 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
484 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000485 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000486 MD->getThisType(Context));
487 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
488 }
489 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000490 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
491 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 }
493 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
494 }
495
496 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000497 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
498 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 }
500
501 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
502 // anonymous struct/union.
503 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
504 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
505 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
506 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
507 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
508 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
509 unsigned combinedQualifiers
510 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
511 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
512 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000513 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
514 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000515 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
516 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
517 OpLoc = SourceLocation();
518 }
519
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000520 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000521}
522
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000523/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
524/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
525/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
526/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
527/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
528/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
529/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
530/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
531/// forms.
532///
533/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
534/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
535/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
536/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000537///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000538/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
539/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
540/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
541/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000542Sema::OwningExprResult
543Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
544 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000545 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000546 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000547 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000548 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
549 return ExprError();
550 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000551
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000552 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
553 HasTrailingLParen && Lookup.getKind() == LookupResult::NotFound) {
554 // We've seen something of the form
555 //
556 // identifier(
557 //
558 // and we did not find any entity by the name
559 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
560 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
561 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
562 Context.OverloadTy,
563 Loc));
564 }
565
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000566 Decl *D = 0;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000567 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
568 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
569 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
570 : SourceRange());
571 return ExprError();
572 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000573 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000574
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000575 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
576 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000577 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
578 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000579 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
580 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
581 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current method (i.e. a global
582 // variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with this
583 // name, if the lookup suceeds, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000584 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000585 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000586 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II)) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000587 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
588 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
589 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000590 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000591 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef = new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
592 Loc, static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000593 true, true);
Fariborz Jahanianea944842008-12-18 17:29:46 +0000594 Context.setFieldDecl(IFace, IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000595 return Owned(MRef);
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000596 }
597 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000598 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000599 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000600 QualType T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000601 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000602 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000603 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000604 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000605 if (D == 0) {
606 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
607 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000608 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000609 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000610 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000611 else {
612 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
613 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000614 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000615 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
616 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000617 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
618 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000619 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
620 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000621 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000622 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000623 }
624 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000625
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
627 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
628 // not any specific instance's member.
629 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
630 NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D);
631 DeclContext *DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS->getScopeRep());
632 if (ND && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
633 QualType DType;
634 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
635 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
636 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
637 DType = Method->getType();
638 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
639 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
640 }
641 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
642 if (!DType.isNull()) {
643 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
644 // dependent.
645 bool Dependent = false;
646 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
647 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
648 if (DC->isRecord()) {
649 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
650 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
651 Dependent = true;
652 break;
653 }
654 }
655 }
656 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(ND, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent,SS));
657 }
658 }
659 }
660
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000661 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
662 // (C++ [class.union]).
663 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
664 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
665 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000666
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000667 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
668 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
669 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
670 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
671 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
672 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
673 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
674 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
675 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
676 QualType MemberType;
677 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
678 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
679 MemberType = FD->getType();
680
681 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
682 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
683 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
684 unsigned combinedQualifiers
685 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
686 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
687 }
688 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
689 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
690 Ctx = Method->getParent();
691 MemberType = Method->getType();
692 }
693 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
694 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
695 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
696 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
697 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
698 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
699 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
700 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
701 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
702 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
703 break;
704 }
705 }
706 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000707
708 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000709 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
710 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
711 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
712 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
713 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
714 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000715 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000716 MD->getThisType(Context));
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000717 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, cast<NamedDecl>(D),
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000718 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000719 }
720 }
721 }
722 }
723
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000724 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000725 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
726 if (MD->isStatic())
727 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000728 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
729 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000730 }
731
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000732 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
733 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
734 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000735 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
736 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000737 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000738
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000739 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000740 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000741 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000742 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000743 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000744 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000745
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000746 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000747 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000748 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
749 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000750
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000751 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000752
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000753 // check if referencing an identifier with __attribute__((deprecated)).
754 if (VD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000755 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << VD->getDeclName());
756
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000757 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
758 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
759 Scope *CheckS = S;
760 while (CheckS) {
761 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
762 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(Var)) {
763 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000764 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
765 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000766 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000767 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
768 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000769 break;
770 }
771
772 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
773 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
774 if (CheckS)
775 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
776 }
777 }
778 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000779
780 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
781 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000782 return ExprError();
783
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000784 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
785 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
786 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
787 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000788 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000789 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
790 // as they do not get snapshotted.
791 //
792 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000793 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
794 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000795 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000796 VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000797
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000798 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
799 VD->getType().addConst();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000800 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000801 VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000802 }
803 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
804 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000805
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000806 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000807 bool ValueDependent = false;
808 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
809 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
810 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
811 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
812 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
813 TypeDependent = true;
814 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
815 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
816 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
817 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
818 TypeDependent = true;
819 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
820 // names a dependent type.
821 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
822 for (DeclContext *DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS->getScopeRep());
823 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
824 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000825 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000826 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
827 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
828 TypeDependent = true;
829 break;
830 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000831 }
832 }
833 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000834
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000835 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
836 //
837 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
838 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
839 if (TypeDependent)
840 ValueDependent = true;
841 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
842 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
843 ValueDependent = true;
844 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
845 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
846 // (FIXME!).
847 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000848
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000849 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
850 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000851}
852
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000853Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
854 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000855 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000856
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000857 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000858 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000859 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
860 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
861 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000862 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000863
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +0000864 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
865 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000866 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +0000867 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
868 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +0000869 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
870 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
871 else {
872 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
873 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
874 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
875 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000876
877
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000878 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000879 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000880 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000881 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000882}
883
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000884Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000885 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
886 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
887 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
888 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000889
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000890 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
891 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
892 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000893 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +0000894
895 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
896
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +0000897 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
898 Literal.isWide(),
899 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000900}
901
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000902Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
903 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000904 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
905 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +0000906 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +0000907 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000908 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000909 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000910 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +0000911
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000912 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +0000913 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
914 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000915 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000916
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000917 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
918 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000919
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000920 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
921 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
922 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000923 return ExprError();
924
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000925 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000926
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000927 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000928 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000929 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000930 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000931 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000932 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000933 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000934 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000935
936 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
937
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +0000938 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
939 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +0000940 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
941 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000942
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000943 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000944 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000945 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000946 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000947
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +0000948 // long long is a C99 feature.
949 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +0000950 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +0000951 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
952
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000953 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000954 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000955
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000956 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
957 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
958 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000959 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
960 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000961 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000962 } else {
963 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
964 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000965
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000966 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
967 // be an unsigned int.
968 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
969
970 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000971 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +0000972 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
973 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000974 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000975
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000976 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
977 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
978 // Does it fit in a signed int?
979 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000980 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000981 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000982 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000983 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000984 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000985 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000986
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000987 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000988 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000989 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000990
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000991 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
992 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
993 // Does it fit in a signed long?
994 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000995 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000996 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000997 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000998 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000999 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001000 }
1001
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001002 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001003 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001004 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001005
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001006 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1007 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1008 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1009 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001010 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001011 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001012 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001013 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001014 }
1015 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001016
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001017 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1018 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001019 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001020 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001021 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001022 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001023 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001024
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001025 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1026 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001027 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001028 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001029 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001030
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001031 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1032 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001033 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1034 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001035
1036 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001037}
1038
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001039Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1040 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1041 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001042 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001043 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001044}
1045
1046/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1047/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001048bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
1049 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1050 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1051 bool isSizeof) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001052 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001053 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001054 // alignof(function) is allowed.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001055 if (isSizeof)
1056 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1057 return false;
1058 }
1059
1060 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001061 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1062 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001063 return false;
1064 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001065
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001066 return DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1067 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1068 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1069 ExprRange);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001070}
1071
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001072bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1073 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1074 E = E->IgnoreParens();
1075
1076 // alignof decl is always ok.
1077 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1078 return false;
1079
1080 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1081 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1082 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001083 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001084 return true;
1085 }
1086 // Other fields are ok.
1087 return false;
1088 }
1089 }
1090 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1091}
1092
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001093/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1094/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1095/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001096Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001097Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1098 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001099 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001100 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001101
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001102 QualType ArgTy;
1103 SourceRange Range;
1104 if (isType) {
1105 ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1106 Range = ArgRange;
Chris Lattnera78909b2009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001107
1108 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1109 if (CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(ArgTy, OpLoc, Range, isSizeof))
1110 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001111 } else {
1112 // Get the end location.
1113 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1114 Range = ArgEx->getSourceRange();
1115 ArgTy = ArgEx->getType();
Chris Lattnera78909b2009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001116
1117 // Verify that the operand is valid.
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001118 bool isInvalid;
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001119 if (!isSizeof) {
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001120 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, Range);
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001121 } else if (ArgEx->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1122 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1123 isInvalid = true;
1124 } else {
1125 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(ArgTy, OpLoc, Range, true);
1126 }
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001127
1128 if (isInvalid) {
Chris Lattnera78909b2009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001129 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1130 return ExprError();
1131 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001132 }
1133
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001134 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001135 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeof, isType, TyOrEx,
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001136 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1137 Range.getEnd()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001138}
1139
Chris Lattner5110ad52007-08-24 21:41:10 +00001140QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001141 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(V);
1142
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001143 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001144 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1145 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001146
1147 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1148 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1149 return V->getType();
1150
1151 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001152 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001153 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001154}
1155
1156
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001157
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001158Action::OwningExprResult
1159Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1160 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1161 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001162
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001163 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1164 switch (Kind) {
1165 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1166 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1167 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1168 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001169
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001170 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1171 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1172 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001173 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001174 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1175
1176 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1177 //
1178 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1179 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1180 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1181 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1182 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1183 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1184 // argument will have value zero.
1185 Expr *Args[2] = {
1186 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001187 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1188 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001189 };
1190
1191 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1192 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1193 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
1194
1195 // Perform overload resolution.
1196 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1197 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1198 case OR_Success: {
1199 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1200 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1201
1202 if (FnDecl) {
1203 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1204 // operator.
1205
1206 // Convert the arguments.
1207 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1208 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001209 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001210 } else {
1211 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001212 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001213 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1214 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001215 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001216 }
1217
1218 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001219 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001220 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1221 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001222
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001223 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001224 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001225 SourceLocation());
1226 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1227
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001228 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001229 return Owned(new (Context)CXXOperatorCallExpr(FnExpr, Args, 2, ResultTy,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001230 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001231 } else {
1232 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1233 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1234 // operator node.
1235 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1236 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001237 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001238
1239 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001240 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001241 }
1242
1243 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1244 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1245 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1246 break;
1247
1248 case OR_Ambiguous:
1249 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1250 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1251 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1252 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001253 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001254 }
1255
1256 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1257 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1258 // build a built-in operation.
1259 }
1260
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001261 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1262 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001263 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001264 return ExprError();
1265 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001266 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001267}
1268
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001269Action::OwningExprResult
1270Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1271 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1272 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1273 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001274
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001275 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001276 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001277 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1278 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1279 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001280 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1281 // to the candidate set.
1282 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1283 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
1284 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001285
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001286 // Perform overload resolution.
1287 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1288 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1289 case OR_Success: {
1290 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1291 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1292
1293 if (FnDecl) {
1294 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1295 // operator.
1296
1297 // Convert the arguments.
1298 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1299 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1300 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1301 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1302 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001303 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001304 } else {
1305 // Convert the arguments.
1306 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1307 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1308 "passing") ||
1309 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1310 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1311 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001312 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001313 }
1314
1315 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001316 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001317 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1318 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001319
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001320 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001321 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001322 SourceLocation());
1323 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1324
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001325 Base.release();
1326 Idx.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001327 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(FnExpr, Args, 2,
1328 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001329 } else {
1330 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1331 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1332 // operator node.
1333 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1334 "passing") ||
1335 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1336 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001337 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001338
1339 break;
1340 }
1341 }
1342
1343 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1344 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1345 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1346 break;
1347
1348 case OR_Ambiguous:
1349 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1350 << "[]"
1351 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1352 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001353 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001354 }
1355
1356 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1357 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1358 // build a built-in operation.
1359 }
1360
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001361 // Perform default conversions.
1362 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1363 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001364
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001365 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1366
1367 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001368 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001369 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
1370 // and index from the expression types.
1371 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1372 QualType ResultType;
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001373 if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001374 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1375 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1376 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1377 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001378 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001379 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1380 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1381 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1382 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1383 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001384 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1385 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001386 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001387
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001388 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1389 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
1390 } else {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001391 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1392 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1393 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001394 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
1395 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001396 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1397 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001398
1399 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". In practice,
1400 // the following check catches trying to index a pointer to a function (e.g.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00001401 // void (*)(int)) and pointers to incomplete types. Functions are not
1402 // objects in C99.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001403 if (!ResultType->isObjectType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001404 return ExprError(Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001405 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_object)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001406 << BaseExpr->getType() << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001407
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001408 Base.release();
1409 Idx.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001410 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1411 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001412}
1413
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001414QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001415CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001416 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001417 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001418
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001419 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1420 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001421
1422 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
1423 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1424 // to be selected.
1425 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
1426
1427 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1428 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1429 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001430
1431 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1432 // names must come from the same set.
1433 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001434 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1435 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001436 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001437 do
1438 compStr++;
1439 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001440 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001441 do
1442 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001443 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001444 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001445
1446 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001447 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1448 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001449 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1450 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001451 return QualType();
1452 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001453
1454 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1455 // operates on.
1456 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1457 compStr = CompName.getName();
1458
1459 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001460 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001461
1462 while (*compStr) {
1463 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1464 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1465 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1466 return QualType();
1467 }
1468 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001469 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001470
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001471 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1472 // number of elements.
1473 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001474 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001475 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001476 return QualType();
1477 }
1478
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001479 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
1480 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
1481 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001482 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001483 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001484 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1485 : CompName.getLength();
1486 if (HexSwizzle)
1487 CompSize--;
1488
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001489 if (CompSize == 1)
1490 return vecType->getElementType();
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001491
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001492 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001493 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001494 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1495 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1496 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1497 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001498 }
1499 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001500}
1501
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001502/// constructSetterName - Return the setter name for the given
1503/// identifier, i.e. "set" + Name where the initial character of Name
1504/// has been capitalized.
1505// FIXME: Merge with same routine in Parser. But where should this
1506// live?
1507static IdentifierInfo *constructSetterName(IdentifierTable &Idents,
1508 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1509 llvm::SmallString<100> SelectorName;
1510 SelectorName = "set";
1511 SelectorName.append(Name->getName(), Name->getName()+Name->getLength());
1512 SelectorName[3] = toupper(SelectorName[3]);
1513 return &Idents.get(&SelectorName[0], &SelectorName[SelectorName.size()]);
1514}
1515
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001516Action::OwningExprResult
1517Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1518 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
1519 IdentifierInfo &Member) {
1520 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001521 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001522
1523 // Perform default conversions.
1524 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001525
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001526 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1527 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001528
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001529 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1530 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001531 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001532 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001533 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001534 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001535 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1536 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001537 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001538 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1539 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1540 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001541 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001542
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001543 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1544 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001545 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001546 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001547 if (DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
1548 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1549 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1550 return ExprError();
1551
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001552 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001553 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1554 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001555 LookupResult Result
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001556 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001557 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001558
1559 Decl *MemberDecl = 0;
1560 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001561 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1562 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1563 else if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1564 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1565 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1566 return ExprError();
1567 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001568 MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001569
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001570 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001571 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1572 // (C++ [class.union]).
1573 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001574 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001575 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001576
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001577 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1578 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001579 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001580 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1581 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1582 else {
1583 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1584 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001585 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001586 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1587 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1588 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001589
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001590 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1591 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001592 } else if (CXXClassVarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<CXXClassVarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001593 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001594 Var, MemberLoc,
1595 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001596 else if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001597 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1598 MemberFn, MemberLoc, MemberFn->getType()));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001599 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001600 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001601 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001602 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001603 else if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001604 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Enum,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001605 MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001606 else if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001607 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1608 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001609
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001610 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1611 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1612 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001613 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1614 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1615 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001616 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001617
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001618 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1619 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001620 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001621 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member)) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001622 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef= new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
1623 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Fariborz Jahanianea944842008-12-18 17:29:46 +00001624 OpKind == tok::arrow);
1625 Context.setFieldDecl(IFTy->getDecl(), IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001626 return Owned(MRef);
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001627 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001628 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1629 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1630 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001631 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001632
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001633 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1634 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1635 const PointerType *PTy;
1636 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1637 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1638 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
1639 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00001640
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001641 // Search for a declared property first.
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001642 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001643 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001644 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1645
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001646 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00001647 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
1648 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
1649 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001650 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001651 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001652
1653 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
1654 // selector is implemented.
1655
1656 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
1657 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
1658
1659 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1660 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001661
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001662 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
1663 if (!Getter)
1664 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl())
1665 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface())
1666 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1667 ObjCImplementations[ClassDecl->getIdentifier()])
1668 Getter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1669
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00001670 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1671 if (!Getter) {
1672 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
1673 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1674 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1675 }
1676 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001677 if (Getter) {
1678 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001679 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1680 IdentifierInfo *SetterName = constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1681 &Member);
1682 Selector SetterSel = PP.getSelectorTable().getUnarySelector(SetterName);
1683 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1684 if (!Setter) {
1685 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1686 // methods.
1687 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl())
1688 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface())
1689 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1690 ObjCImplementations[ClassDecl->getIdentifier()])
1691 Setter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1692 }
1693 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1694 if (!Setter) {
1695 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
1696 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1697 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1698 }
1699 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001700
1701 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001702 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, Getter->getResultType(),
1703 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001704 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001705
1706 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1707 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00001708 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00001709 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
1710 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
1711 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
1712 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1713 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001714 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00001715 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001716 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001717 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001718 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1719 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1720 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001721 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
1722 OMD->getResultType(), OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc, NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001723 }
1724 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001725
1726 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1727 << &Member << BaseType);
1728 }
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001729 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
1730 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType() && OpKind == tok::period) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001731 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
1732 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001733 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001734 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
1735 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001736 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001737
1738 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1739 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
1740 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001741}
1742
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001743/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
1744/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
1745/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
1746/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
1747/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
1748/// true if the call is ill-formed.
1749bool
1750Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
1751 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
1752 const FunctionTypeProto *Proto,
1753 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1754 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1755 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
1756 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
1757 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
1758 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00001759 bool Invalid = false;
1760
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001761 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
1762 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
1763 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
1764 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
1765 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
1766 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
1767 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
1768 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
1769 Call->setNumArgs(NumArgsInProto);
1770 }
1771
1772 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
1773 // them.
1774 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
1775 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
1776 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
1777 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
1778 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
1779 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
1780 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
1781 // This deletes the extra arguments.
1782 Call->setNumArgs(NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00001783 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001784 }
1785 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
1786 }
1787
1788 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
1789 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
1790 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
1791
1792 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00001793 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001794 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00001795
1796 // Pass the argument.
1797 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
1798 return true;
1799 } else
1800 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001801 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001802 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00001803
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001804 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
1805 }
1806
1807 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
1808 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00001809 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
1810 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
1811 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
1812 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
1813 CallType = VariadicMethod;
1814
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001815 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
1816 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
1817 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00001818 DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001819 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
1820 }
1821 }
1822
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00001823 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001824}
1825
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00001826/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001827/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
1828/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001829Action::OwningExprResult
1830Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1831 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001832 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001833 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
1834 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
1835 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001836 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00001837 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001838 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001839
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001840 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001841 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
1842 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
1843 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
1844 bool Dependent = false;
1845 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
1846 Dependent = true;
1847 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
1848 Dependent = true;
1849
1850 if (Dependent)
1851 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Fn, Args, NumArgs,
1852 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
1853
1854 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
1855 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
1856 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
1857 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
1858
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001859 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001860 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
1861 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
1862 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001863 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
1864 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001865 }
1866
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001867 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00001868 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001869 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
1870 bool ADL = true;
1871 while (true) {
1872 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
1873 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
1874 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001875 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
1876 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001877 ADL = false;
1878 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
1879 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
1880 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
1881 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
1882 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
1883 } else {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001884 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
1885 DRExpr = cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr);
1886
1887 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
1888 ADL = ADL && !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
1889 }
1890 else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
1891 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr))
1892 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
1893 else {
1894 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
1895 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
1896 ADL = false;
1897 }
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001898 break;
1899 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001900 }
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001901
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001902 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
1903 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001904 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001905 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
1906 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001907
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001908 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || Ovl || UnqualifiedName)) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001909 // We don't perform ADL for builtins.
1910 if (FDecl && FDecl->getIdentifier() &&
1911 FDecl->getIdentifier()->getBuiltinID())
1912 ADL = false;
1913
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001914 if (Ovl || ADL) {
1915 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
1916 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001917 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
1918 if (!FDecl)
1919 return ExprError();
1920
1921 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
1922 Expr *NewFn = 0;
1923 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001924 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001925 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
1926 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
1927 false, false,
1928 QDRExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
1929 else
1930 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
1931 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
1932 Fn->Destroy(Context);
1933 Fn = NewFn;
1934 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001935 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00001936
1937 // Promote the function operand.
1938 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
1939
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001940 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
1941 // of arguments and function on error.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001942 // FIXME: Except that llvm::OwningPtr uses delete, when it really must be
1943 // Destroy(), or nothing gets cleaned up.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001944 llvm::OwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(new (Context) CallExpr(Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001945 Context.BoolTy, RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001946
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001947 const FunctionType *FuncT;
1948 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
1949 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
1950 // have type pointer to function".
1951 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
1952 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001953 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
1954 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001955 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
1956 } else { // This is a block call.
1957 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
1958 getAsFunctionType();
1959 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001960 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001961 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
1962 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
1963
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001964 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00001965 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001966
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001967 if (const FunctionTypeProto *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeProto>(FuncT)) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001968 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
1969 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001970 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001971 } else {
1972 assert(isa<FunctionTypeNoProto>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001973
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00001974 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001975 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
1976 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
1977 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
1978 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00001979 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001980 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001981
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001982 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
1983 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001984 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
1985 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001986
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001987 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001988 if (FDecl)
1989 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001990
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001991 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001992}
1993
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00001994Action::OwningExprResult
1995Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
1996 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00001997 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001998 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
1999 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002000 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002001 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002002
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002003 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002004 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002005 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2006 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002007 } else if (DiagnoseIncompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2008 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2009 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002010 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002011
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002012 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002013 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002014 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002015
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002016 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002017 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002018 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002019 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002020 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002021 InitExpr.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002022 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
2023 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002024}
2025
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002026Action::OwningExprResult
2027Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
2028 InitListDesignations &Designators,
2029 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2030 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2031 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002032
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002033 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Steve Naroff1c9de712007-09-03 01:24:23 +00002034 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002035
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002036 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002037 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002038 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002039 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002040}
2041
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002042/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002043bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002044 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2045
2046 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2047 // type needs to be scalar.
2048 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2049 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002050 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2051 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002052 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002053 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2054 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2055 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2056 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
2057 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2058 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2059 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2060 // GCC cast to union extension
2061 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2062 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
2063 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
2064 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2065 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2066 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2067 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2068 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2069 break;
2070 }
2071 }
2072 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2073 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2074 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2075 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002076 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002077 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002078 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002079 }
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002080 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
2081 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002082 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2083 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002084 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002085 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2086 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2087 return true;
2088 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2089 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2090 return true;
2091 }
2092 return false;
2093}
2094
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002095bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002096 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
2097
2098 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002099 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002100 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
2101 Ty->isVectorType() ?
2102 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002103 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002104 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002105 } else
2106 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002107 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002108 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002109
2110 return false;
2111}
2112
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002113Action::OwningExprResult
2114Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2115 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2116 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2117 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002118
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002119 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002120 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2121
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002122 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002123 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002124 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002125 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002126}
2127
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002128/// Note that lex is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2129/// In that case, lex = cond.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002130inline QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
2131 Expr *&cond, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation questionLoc) {
2132 UsualUnaryConversions(cond);
2133 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
2134 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2135 QualType condT = cond->getType();
2136 QualType lexT = lex->getType();
2137 QualType rexT = rex->getType();
2138
2139 // first, check the condition.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002140 if (!cond->isTypeDependent()) {
2141 if (!condT->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2142 Diag(cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) << condT;
2143 return QualType();
2144 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002145 }
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002146
2147 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002148 if ((lex && lex->isTypeDependent()) || (rex && rex->isTypeDependent()))
2149 return Context.DependentTy;
2150
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002151 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2152 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
2153 if (lexT->isArithmeticType() && rexT->isArithmeticType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002154 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
2155 return lex->getType();
2156 }
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002157
2158 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2159 // type.
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002160 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = lexT->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002161 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = rexT->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002162 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002163 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
2164 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
2165 return lexT.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002166 }
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002167
2168 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002169 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
2170 if (lexT->isVoidType() || rexT->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002171 if (!lexT->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00002172 Diag(rex->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2173 << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002174 if (!rexT->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00002175 Diag(lex->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2176 << lex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002177 ImpCastExprToType(lex, Context.VoidTy);
2178 ImpCastExprToType(rex, Context.VoidTy);
2179 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002180 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002181 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2182 // the type of the other operand."
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002183 if ((lexT->isPointerType() || lexT->isBlockPointerType() ||
2184 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(lexT)) &&
Anders Carlssonf8aa8702008-12-01 06:28:23 +00002185 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002186 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lexT); // promote the null to a pointer.
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002187 return lexT;
2188 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002189 if ((rexT->isPointerType() || rexT->isBlockPointerType() ||
2190 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(rexT)) &&
Anders Carlssonf8aa8702008-12-01 06:28:23 +00002191 lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002192 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rexT); // promote the null to a pointer.
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002193 return rexT;
2194 }
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002195 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2196 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002197 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = lexT->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2198 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rexT->getAsPointerType()) {
2199 // get the "pointed to" types
2200 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2201 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002202
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002203 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2204 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002205 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002206 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2207 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002208 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2209 ImpCastExprToType(lex, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2210 ImpCastExprToType(rex, destType); // promote to void*
2211 return destType;
2212 }
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002213 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002214 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002215 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2216 ImpCastExprToType(lex, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2217 ImpCastExprToType(rex, destType); // promote to void*
2218 return destType;
2219 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002220
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002221 QualType compositeType = lexT;
2222
2223 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2224 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
2225 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(lexT) ||
2226 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(rexT)) {
2227 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2228 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2229 // type. This allows
2230 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2231 // where B is a subclass of A.
2232 //
2233 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2234 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2235 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2236 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2237
2238 // FIXME: This code should not be localized to here. Also this
2239 // should use a compatible check instead of abusing the
2240 // canAssignObjCInterfaces code.
2241 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2242 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2243 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2244 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
2245 compositeType = lexT;
2246 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor5183f9e2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002247 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002248 compositeType = rexT;
2249 } else if (Context.isObjCIdType(lhptee) ||
2250 Context.isObjCIdType(rhptee)) {
2251 // FIXME: This code looks wrong, because isObjCIdType checks
2252 // the struct but getObjCIdType returns the pointer to
2253 // struct. This is horrible and should be fixed.
2254 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2255 } else {
2256 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
2257 ImpCastExprToType(lex, incompatTy);
2258 ImpCastExprToType(rex, incompatTy);
2259 return incompatTy;
2260 }
2261 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2262 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002263 Diag(questionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002264 << lexT << rexT << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002265 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2266 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2267 // to get a consistent AST.
2268 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002269 ImpCastExprToType(lex, incompatTy);
2270 ImpCastExprToType(rex, incompatTy);
2271 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002272 }
2273 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002274 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2275 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2276 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2277 // type.
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002278 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002279 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002280 ImpCastExprToType(lex, compositeType);
2281 ImpCastExprToType(rex, compositeType);
2282 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002283 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002284 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002285 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2286 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
2287 // id with statically typed objects).
2288 if (lexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2289 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2290 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2291 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
2292 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lexT, rexT, true) ||
2293 (lexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2294 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(rexT)) ||
2295 (rexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2296 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(lexT))) {
2297 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2298 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2299 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2300 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2301 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2302 // cases. Investigate.
2303 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2304 ImpCastExprToType(lex, compositeType);
2305 ImpCastExprToType(rex, compositeType);
2306 return compositeType;
2307 }
2308 }
2309
Steve Naroff3eac7692008-09-10 19:17:48 +00002310 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2311 if (lexT->isBlockPointerType() && rexT->isBlockPointerType() &&
2312 Context.getCanonicalType(lexT) == Context.getCanonicalType(rexT))
2313 return lexT;
2314
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002315 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002316 Diag(questionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002317 << lexT << rexT << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002318 return QualType();
2319}
2320
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002321/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002322/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002323Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2324 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2325 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2326 ExprArg RHS) {
2327 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2328 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002329
2330 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2331 // was the condition.
2332 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2333 if (isLHSNull)
2334 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002335
2336 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002337 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
2338 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002339 return ExprError();
2340
2341 Cond.release();
2342 LHS.release();
2343 RHS.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002344 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
2345 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2346 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002347}
2348
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002349
2350// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
2351// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
2352// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2353// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2354// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002355Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002356Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2357 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
2358
2359 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002360 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2361 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002362
2363 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002364 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2365 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002366
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002367 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002368
2369 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2370 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2371 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002372 // FIXME: Handle ASQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002373 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002374 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002375
2376 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2377 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
2378 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002379 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002380 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002381 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002382
2383 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002384 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2385 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002386 }
2387
2388 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002389 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002390 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002391
2392 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002393 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2394 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002395 }
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00002396
2397 // Check for ObjC interfaces
2398 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2399 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2400 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2401 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
2402 return ConvTy;
2403
2404 // ID acts sort of like void* for ObjC interfaces
2405 if (LHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(rhptee))
2406 return ConvTy;
2407 if (RHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(lhptee))
2408 return ConvTy;
2409
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002410 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
2411 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002412 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2413 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
2414 return IncompatiblePointer; // this "trumps" PointerAssignDiscardsQualifiers
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002415 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002416}
2417
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002418/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2419/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2420/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2421// types.
2422Sema::AssignConvertType
2423Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
2424 QualType rhsType) {
2425 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
2426
2427 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2428 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2429 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2430
2431 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2432 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2433 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
2434
2435 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
2436
2437 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2438 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2439 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
2440
2441 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
2442 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
2443 return ConvTy;
2444}
2445
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002446/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2447/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
2448/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2449///
2450/// int a, *pint;
2451/// short *pshort;
2452/// struct foo *pfoo;
2453///
2454/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2455/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2456/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2457/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2458///
2459/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
2460/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002461///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002462Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002463Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002464 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2465 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002466 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2467 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002468
2469 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002470 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002471
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002472 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2473 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2474 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2475 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2476 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2477 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2478 // type.
2479 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
2480 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00002481 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002482 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002483 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002484
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002485 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2486 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002487 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002488 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
2489 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2490 return IntToPointer;
2491 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
2492 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002493 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002494 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002495
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002496 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002497 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002498 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
2499 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002500 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002501
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002502 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
2503 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
2504 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002505 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
2506 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002507 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002508 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002509 }
2510 return Incompatible;
2511 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002512
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002513 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002514 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002515
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002516 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002517 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002518 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002519
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002520 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002521 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002522
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002523 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002524 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002525 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002526
2527 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2528 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2529 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2530 return Compatible;
2531 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002532 return Incompatible;
2533 }
2534
2535 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
2536 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2537 return IntToPointer;
2538
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002539 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2540 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2541 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2542 return Compatible;
2543
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002544 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
2545 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
2546
2547 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
2548 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002549 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002550 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002551 return Incompatible;
2552 }
2553
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002554 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002555 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002556 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
2557 return Compatible;
2558
2559 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002560 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002561
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002562 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002563 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002564
2565 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
2566 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002567 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002568 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002569 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002570
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002571 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002572 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002573 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002574 }
2575 return Incompatible;
2576}
2577
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002578Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002579Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002580 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2581 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
2582 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
2583 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
2584 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002585 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
2586 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002587 return Incompatible;
Douglas Gregorbb461502008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002588 else
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002589 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002590 }
2591
2592 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
2593 // structures.
2594 }
2595
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00002596 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
2597 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00002598 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() || lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
2599 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00002600 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002601 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00002602 return Compatible;
2603 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002604
2605 // We don't allow conversion of non-null-pointer constants to integers.
2606 if (lhsType->isBlockPointerType() && rExpr->getType()->isIntegerType())
2607 return IntToBlockPointer;
2608
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002609 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002610 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002611 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002612 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002613 //
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002614 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002615 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
2616 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002617
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002618 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
2619 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002620
2621 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
2622 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002623 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
2624 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
2625 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
2626 // does not have reference type.
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002627 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002628 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002629 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002630}
2631
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002632Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002633Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2634 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
2635}
2636
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002637QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002638 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00002639 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002640 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002641 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002642}
2643
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002644inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002645 Expr *&rex) {
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00002646 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
2647 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002648 QualType lhsType =
2649 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
2650 QualType rhsType =
2651 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002652
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002653 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00002654 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002655 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002656
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002657 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
2658 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002659 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
2660 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
2661 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002662 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
2663 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002664 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002665 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002666 }
2667 }
2668 }
2669
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002670 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
2671 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002672 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002673 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
2674
2675 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
2676 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
2677 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002678 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002679 return lhsType;
2680 }
2681 }
2682
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002683 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002684 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002685 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002686 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
2687
2688 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
2689 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
2690 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002691 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002692 return rhsType;
2693 }
2694 }
2695
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002696 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002697 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002698 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002699 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002700 return QualType();
2701}
2702
2703inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002704 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002705{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00002706 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002707 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002708
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002709 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002710
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002711 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002712 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002713 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002714}
2715
2716inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002717 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002718{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00002719 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2720 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
2721 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
2722 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
2723 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002724
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002725 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002726
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002727 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002728 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002729 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002730}
2731
2732inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002733 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002734{
2735 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002736 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002737
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002738 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002739
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002740 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
2741 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002742 return compType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002743
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002744 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
2745 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
2746 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
2747 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
2748
2749 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
2750 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
2751 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
2752 if (!PTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) {
2753 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00002754 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2755 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
2756 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
2757 return QualType();
2758 }
2759
2760 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002761 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2762 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002763 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00002764 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2765 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
2766 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
2767 return QualType();
2768 }
2769
2770 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
2771 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002772 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002773 } else {
2774 DiagnoseIncompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
2775 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
2776 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
2777 lex->getType());
2778 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002779 }
2780 }
2781 return PExp->getType();
2782 }
2783 }
2784
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002785 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002786}
2787
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002788// C99 6.5.6
2789QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002790 SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002791 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002792 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002793
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002794 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002795
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002796 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
2797
2798 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002799 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002800 return compType;
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002801
2802 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
2803 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002804 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00002805
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002806 // The LHS must be an object type, not incomplete, function, etc.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002807 if (!lpointee->isObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002808 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002809 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002810 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2811 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00002812 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
2813 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2814 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
2815 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
2816 return QualType();
2817 }
2818
2819 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
2820 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
2821 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002822 } else {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002823 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002824 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002825 return QualType();
2826 }
2827 }
2828
2829 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
2830 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
2831 return lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002832
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002833 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
2834 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00002835 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
2836
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002837 // RHS must be an object type, unless void (GNU).
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002838 if (!rpointee->isObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002839 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002840 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
2841 if (!lpointee->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002842 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2843 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf93eda12009-01-23 19:03:35 +00002844 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
2845 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2846 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
2847 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
2848 return QualType();
2849 }
2850
2851 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
2852 if (!lpointee->isFunctionType())
2853 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
2854 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002855 } else {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002856 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002857 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002858 return QualType();
2859 }
2860 }
2861
2862 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00002863 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
2864 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
2865 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002866 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002867 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002868 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002869 return QualType();
2870 }
2871
2872 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
2873 }
2874 }
2875
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002876 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002877}
2878
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002879// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002880QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002881 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002882 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
2883 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002884 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002885
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002886 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
2887 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00002888 if (!isCompAssign)
2889 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002890 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2891
2892 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
2893 return lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002894}
2895
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00002896static bool areComparableObjCInterfaces(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
2897 ASTContext& Context) {
2898 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2899 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2900 // ID acts sort of like void* for ObjC interfaces
2901 if (LHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(RHS))
2902 return true;
2903 if (RHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(LHS))
2904 return true;
2905 if (!LHSIface || !RHSIface)
2906 return false;
2907 return Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface) ||
2908 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface);
2909}
2910
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002911// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002912QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002913 bool isRelational) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002914 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002915 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002916
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002917 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00002918 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2919 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
2920 else {
2921 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
2922 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2923 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002924 QualType lType = lex->getType();
2925 QualType rType = rex->getType();
2926
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00002927 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
2928 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
2929 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00002930 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Ted Kremenek87e30c52008-01-17 16:57:34 +00002931 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
2932 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00002933 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002934 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00002935 }
2936
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002937 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
2938 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
2939
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002940 if (isRelational) {
2941 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002942 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002943 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00002944 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00002945 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
2946 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002947 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00002948 }
2949
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002950 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002951 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002952 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002953
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00002954 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
2955 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
2956
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002957 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
2958 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
2959 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00002960 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00002961 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002962 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00002963 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002964 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00002965
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00002966 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00002967 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
2968 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00002969 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2970 !areComparableObjCInterfaces(LCanPointeeTy, RCanPointeeTy, Context)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002971 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002972 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002973 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002974 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002975 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00002976 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002977 // Handle block pointer types.
2978 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
2979 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2980 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2981
2982 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
2983 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002984 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002985 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002986 }
2987 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002988 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002989 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00002990 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
2991 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
2992 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
2993 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002994 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002995 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00002996 }
2997 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002998 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00002999 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003000
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003001 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003002 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003003 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3004 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
3005 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
3006 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
3007 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
3008 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
3009
3010 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3011 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003012 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003013 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003014 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003015 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003016 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003017 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003018 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003019 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003020 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3021 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003022 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003023 } else {
3024 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003025 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003026 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003027 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003028 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003029 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003030 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003031 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003032 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
3033 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003034 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003035 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003036 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003037 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003038 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003039 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003040 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
3041 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003042 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003043 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003044 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003045 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003046 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003047 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003048 // Handle block pointers.
3049 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3050 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003051 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003052 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003053 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003054 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003055 }
3056 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3057 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003058 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003059 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003060 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003061 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003062 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003063 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003064}
3065
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003066/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
3067/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
3068/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3069/// types.
3070QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003071 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003072 bool isRelational) {
3073 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3074 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003075 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003076 if (vType.isNull())
3077 return vType;
3078
3079 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3080 QualType rType = rex->getType();
3081
3082 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3083 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3084 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3085 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3086 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3087 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3088 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003089 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003090 }
3091
3092 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3093 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3094 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003095 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003096 }
3097
3098 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3099 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3100 // elements for floating point vectors.
3101 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3102 return lType;
3103
3104 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003105 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003106 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003107 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003108 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
3109 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3110
3111 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
3112 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003113 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3114}
3115
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003116inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003117 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003118{
3119 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003120 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003121
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003122 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003123
3124 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003125 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003126 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003127}
3128
3129inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003130 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003131{
3132 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3133 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3134
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003135 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003136 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003137 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003138}
3139
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003140/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3141/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3142/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3143///
3144static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
3145{
3146 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3147 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3148 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3149 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3150 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
3151 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
3152 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3153 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3154 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3155 return true;
3156 }
3157 }
3158 return false;
3159}
3160
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003161/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3162/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3163static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003164 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context);
3165 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3166 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003167 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3168 return false;
3169
3170 unsigned Diag = 0;
3171 bool NeedType = false;
3172 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3173 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3174 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003175 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003176 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3177 NeedType = true;
3178 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003179 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003180 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3181 NeedType = true;
3182 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003183 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003184 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3185 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003186 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003187 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3188 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003189 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3190 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003191 return S.DiagnoseIncompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
3192 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3193 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003194 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003195 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3196 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003197 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003198 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3199 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003200 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3201 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3202 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003203 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3204 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3205 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003206 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003207
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003208 if (NeedType)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003209 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003210 else
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003211 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003212 return true;
3213}
3214
3215
3216
3217// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003218QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3219 SourceLocation Loc,
3220 QualType CompoundType) {
3221 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3222 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003223 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003224
3225 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3226 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003227
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003228 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003229 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003230 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003231 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003232 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3233 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3234 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3235 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3236 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3237 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3238 ConvTy = Compatible;
3239
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003240 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3241 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3242 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003243 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003244 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3245 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3246 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3247 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3248 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003249 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003250 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003251 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc())
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003252 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3253 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3254 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003255 }
3256 } else {
3257 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003258 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003259 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003260
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003261 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3262 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003263 return QualType();
3264
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003265 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3266 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
3267 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
3268 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3269 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003270 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3271 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003272 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003273}
3274
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003275// C99 6.5.17
3276QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
3277 // FIXME: what is required for LHS?
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003278
3279 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003280 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
3281 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003282}
3283
3284/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3285/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003286QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3287 bool isInc) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003288 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3289 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003290
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003291 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3292 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3293 if (!isInc) {
3294 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3295 return QualType();
3296 }
3297 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3298 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3299 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003300 // OK!
3301 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3302 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
3303 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) {
3304 // Pointer to object is ok!
3305 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003306 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3307 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3308 << Op->getSourceRange();
3309 return QualType();
3310 }
3311
3312 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003313 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003314 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003315 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3316 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3317 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3318 return QualType();
3319 }
3320
3321 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003322 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003323 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003324 } else {
3325 DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3326 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3327 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3328 ResType);
3329 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003330 }
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003331 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3332 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3333 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003334 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003335 } else {
3336 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003337 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003338 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003339 }
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003340 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
3341 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003342 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003343 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003344 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003345}
3346
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003347/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003348/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003349/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3350/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3351/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3352/// - &(x) => x
3353/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3354/// - &s.xx => s
3355/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3356/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3357/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3358/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003359static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003360 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003361 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003362 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003363 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003364 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003365 // Fields cannot be declared with a 'register' storage class.
3366 // &X->f is always ok, even if X is declared register.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003367 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003368 return 0;
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003369 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003370 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003371 // &X[4] and &4[X] refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003372
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003373 NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase());
Daniel Dunbar612720d2008-10-21 21:22:32 +00003374 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
Anders Carlsson655694e2008-02-01 16:01:31 +00003375 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003376 return 0;
3377 else
3378 return VD;
3379 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003380 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3381 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
3382
3383 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
3384 case UnaryOperator::Deref: {
3385 // *(X + 1) refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003386 if (NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr())) {
3387 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3388 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
3389 return 0;
3390 return VD;
3391 }
3392 return 0;
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003393 }
3394 case UnaryOperator::Real:
3395 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
3396 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
3397 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
3398 default:
3399 return 0;
3400 }
3401 }
3402 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3403 BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
3404
3405 // Handle cases involving pointer arithmetic. The result of an
3406 // Assign or AddAssign is not an lvalue so they can be ignored.
3407
3408 // (x + n) or (n + x) => x
3409 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::Add) {
3410 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3411 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getLHS());
3412 } else if (BO->getRHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3413 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getRHS());
3414 }
3415 }
3416
3417 return 0;
3418 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003419 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003420 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003421 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
3422 // &X[4] when X is an array, has an implicit cast from array to pointer.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003423 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003424 default:
3425 return 0;
3426 }
3427}
3428
3429/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
3430/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
3431/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
3432/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
3433/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003434/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
3435/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003436QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00003437 if (op->isTypeDependent())
3438 return Context.DependentTy;
3439
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003440 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
3441 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
3442 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
3443 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
3444 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
3445 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
3446 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
3447 }
3448 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
3449 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
3450 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003451 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00003452 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00003453
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003454 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003455 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {// allow function designators
3456 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003457 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
3458 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003459 return QualType();
3460 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003461 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op)) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00003462 if (FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
3463 if (Field->isBitField()) {
3464 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3465 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
3466 return QualType();
3467 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003468 }
3469 // Check for Apple extension for accessing vector components.
3470 } else if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
3471 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003472 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3473 << "vector" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003474 return QualType();
3475 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003476 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
3477 // with the register storage-class specifier.
3478 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
3479 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003480 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3481 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003482 return QualType();
3483 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003484 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003485 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003486 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
3487 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00003488 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
3489 // scope qualifier for the class.
3490 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
3491 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
3492 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
3493 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
3494 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
3495 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00003496 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
3497 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003498 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00003499 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003500 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003501 }
Chris Lattnera55e3212008-07-27 00:48:22 +00003502
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003503 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
3504 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
3505}
3506
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003507QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
3508 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
3509 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003510
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003511 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
3512 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
3513 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
3514 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
3515 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003516 return PT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003517
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003518 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003519 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003520 return QualType();
3521}
3522
3523static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
3524 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3525 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
3526 switch (Kind) {
3527 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
3528 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
3529 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
3530 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
3531 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
3532 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
3533 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
3534 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
3535 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
3536 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
3537 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
3538 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
3539 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
3540 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
3541 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
3542 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
3543 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
3544 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
3545 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
3546 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
3547 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
3548 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
3549 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
3550 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
3551 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
3552 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
3553 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
3554 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
3555 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
3556 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
3557 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
3558 }
3559 return Opc;
3560}
3561
3562static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
3563 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3564 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
3565 switch (Kind) {
3566 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
3567 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
3568 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
3569 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
3570 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
3571 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
3572 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
3573 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
3574 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003575 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
3576 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
3577 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
3578 }
3579 return Opc;
3580}
3581
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003582/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
3583/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
3584/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003585Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3586 unsigned Op,
3587 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003588 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
3589 QualType CompTy; // Computation type for compound assignments (e.g. '+=')
3590 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
3591
3592 switch (Opc) {
3593 default:
3594 assert(0 && "Unknown binary expr!");
3595 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
3596 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
3597 break;
3598 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
3599 case BinaryOperator::Div:
3600 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3601 break;
3602 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
3603 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3604 break;
3605 case BinaryOperator::Add:
3606 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3607 break;
3608 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
3609 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3610 break;
3611 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
3612 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
3613 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3614 break;
3615 case BinaryOperator::LE:
3616 case BinaryOperator::LT:
3617 case BinaryOperator::GE:
3618 case BinaryOperator::GT:
3619 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3620 break;
3621 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
3622 case BinaryOperator::NE:
3623 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false);
3624 break;
3625 case BinaryOperator::And:
3626 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
3627 case BinaryOperator::Or:
3628 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3629 break;
3630 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
3631 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
3632 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3633 break;
3634 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
3635 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
3636 CompTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3637 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3638 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3639 break;
3640 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
3641 CompTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3642 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3643 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3644 break;
3645 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
3646 CompTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3647 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3648 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3649 break;
3650 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
3651 CompTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3652 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3653 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3654 break;
3655 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
3656 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
3657 CompTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3658 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3659 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3660 break;
3661 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
3662 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
3663 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
3664 CompTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3665 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3666 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3667 break;
3668 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
3669 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3670 break;
3671 }
3672 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003673 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003674 if (CompTy.isNull())
3675 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
3676 else
3677 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Steve Naroff8b9a98d2009-01-20 21:06:31 +00003678 CompTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003679}
3680
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003681// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003682Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3683 tok::TokenKind Kind,
3684 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003685 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003686 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003687
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003688 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
3689 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003690
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003691 // If either expression is type-dependent, just build the AST.
3692 // FIXME: We'll need to perform some caching of the result of name
3693 // lookup for operator+.
3694 if (lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent()) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003695 if (Opc > BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
3696 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003697 Context.DependentTy,
3698 Context.DependentTy, TokLoc));
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003699 else
3700 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, Context.DependentTy,
3701 TokLoc));
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003702 }
3703
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003704 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
3705 (lhs->getType()->isRecordType() || lhs->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
3706 rhs->getType()->isRecordType() || rhs->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003707 // If this is one of the assignment operators, we only perform
3708 // overload resolution if the left-hand side is a class or
3709 // enumeration type (C++ [expr.ass]p3).
3710 if (Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign &&
3711 !(lhs->getType()->isRecordType() || lhs->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
3712 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
3713 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003714
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003715 // Determine which overloaded operator we're dealing with.
3716 static const OverloadedOperatorKind OverOps[] = {
3717 OO_Star, OO_Slash, OO_Percent,
3718 OO_Plus, OO_Minus,
3719 OO_LessLess, OO_GreaterGreater,
3720 OO_Less, OO_Greater, OO_LessEqual, OO_GreaterEqual,
3721 OO_EqualEqual, OO_ExclaimEqual,
3722 OO_Amp,
3723 OO_Caret,
3724 OO_Pipe,
3725 OO_AmpAmp,
3726 OO_PipePipe,
3727 OO_Equal, OO_StarEqual,
3728 OO_SlashEqual, OO_PercentEqual,
3729 OO_PlusEqual, OO_MinusEqual,
3730 OO_LessLessEqual, OO_GreaterGreaterEqual,
3731 OO_AmpEqual, OO_CaretEqual,
3732 OO_PipeEqual,
3733 OO_Comma
3734 };
3735 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = OverOps[Opc];
3736
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003737 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
3738 // to the candidate set.
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003739 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003740 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003741 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003742
3743 // Perform overload resolution.
3744 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
3745 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
3746 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003747 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003748 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
3749
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003750 if (FnDecl) {
3751 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
3752 // operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003753
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003754 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003755 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
3756 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(lhs, Method) ||
3757 PerformCopyInitialization(rhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3758 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003759 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003760 } else {
3761 // Convert the arguments.
3762 if (PerformCopyInitialization(lhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3763 "passing") ||
3764 PerformCopyInitialization(rhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
3765 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003766 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003767 }
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003768
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003769 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003770 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003771 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
3772 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003773
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003774 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003775 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
3776 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor65fedaf2008-11-14 16:09:21 +00003777 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
3778
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003779 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(FnExpr, Args, 2,
3780 ResultTy, TokLoc));
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003781 } else {
3782 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
3783 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
3784 // operator node.
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003785 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lhs, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
3786 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
3787 PerformImplicitConversion(rhs, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
3788 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003789 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003790
3791 break;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003792 }
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003793 }
3794
3795 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
3796 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003797 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003798 break;
3799
3800 case OR_Ambiguous:
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003801 Diag(TokLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
3802 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
3803 << lhs->getSourceRange() << rhs->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003804 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003805 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003806 }
3807
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003808 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
3809 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
3810 // build a built-in operation.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003811 }
3812
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003813 // Build a built-in binary operation.
3814 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003815}
3816
3817// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003818Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3819 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
3820 // FIXME: Input is modified later, but smart pointer not reassigned.
3821 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003822 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003823
3824 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
3825 (Input->getType()->isRecordType()
3826 || Input->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
3827 // Determine which overloaded operator we're dealing with.
3828 static const OverloadedOperatorKind OverOps[] = {
3829 OO_None, OO_None,
3830 OO_PlusPlus, OO_MinusMinus,
3831 OO_Amp, OO_Star,
3832 OO_Plus, OO_Minus,
3833 OO_Tilde, OO_Exclaim,
3834 OO_None, OO_None,
3835 OO_None,
3836 OO_None
3837 };
3838 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = OverOps[Opc];
3839
3840 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
3841 // to the candidate set.
3842 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
3843 if (OverOp != OO_None)
3844 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, &Input, 1, CandidateSet);
3845
3846 // Perform overload resolution.
3847 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
3848 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
3849 case OR_Success: {
3850 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
3851 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
3852
3853 if (FnDecl) {
3854 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
3855 // operator.
3856
3857 // Convert the arguments.
3858 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
3859 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003860 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003861 } else {
3862 // Convert the arguments.
3863 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Input,
3864 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3865 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003866 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003867 }
3868
3869 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003870 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003871 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
3872 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003873
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003874 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003875 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
3876 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003877 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
3878
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003879 input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003880 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(FnExpr, &Input, 1,
3881 ResultTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003882 } else {
3883 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
3884 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
3885 // operator node.
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003886 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
3887 Best->Conversions[0], "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003888 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003889
3890 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003891 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003892 }
3893
3894 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
3895 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
3896 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
3897 break;
3898
3899 case OR_Ambiguous:
3900 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
3901 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
3902 << Input->getSourceRange();
3903 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003904 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003905 }
3906
3907 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
3908 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003909 // build a built-in operation.
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003910 }
3911
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003912 QualType resultType;
3913 switch (Opc) {
3914 default:
3915 assert(0 && "Unimplemented unary expr!");
3916 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
3917 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003918 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
3919 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003920 break;
3921 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
3922 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
3923 break;
3924 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00003925 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003926 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
3927 break;
3928 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
3929 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
3930 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
3931 resultType = Input->getType();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003932 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
3933 break;
3934 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
3935 resultType->isEnumeralType())
3936 break;
3937 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
3938 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
3939 resultType->isPointerType())
3940 break;
3941
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003942 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
3943 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003944 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
3945 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
3946 resultType = Input->getType();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00003947 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
3948 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
3949 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003950 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003951 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00003952 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003953 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
3954 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003955 break;
3956 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
3957 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
3958 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
3959 resultType = Input->getType();
3960 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003961 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
3962 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003963 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003964 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
3965 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003966 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00003967 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00003968 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner5110ad52007-08-24 21:41:10 +00003969 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00003970 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003971 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003972 resultType = Input->getType();
3973 break;
3974 }
3975 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003976 return ExprError();
3977 input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003978 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003979}
3980
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00003981/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3982Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003983 SourceLocation LabLoc,
3984 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
3985 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
3986 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = LabelMap[LabelII];
3987
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00003988 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
3989 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003990 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003991 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003992
3993 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003994 return new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
3995 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003996}
3997
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00003998Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtTy *substmt,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003999 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4000 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt);
4001 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4002 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4003
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004004 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4005 if (isFileScope) {
4006 return Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope);
4007 }
4008
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004009 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4010 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4011 // More semantic analysis is needed.
4012
4013 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
4014 // should not warn about it being unused.
4015
4016 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4017 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4018 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
4019
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004020 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4021 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4022 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4023 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4024 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
4025
4026 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004027 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004028 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004029
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004030 return new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004031}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004032
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004033Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4034 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004035 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4036 TypeTy *argty,
4037 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4038 unsigned NumComponents,
4039 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4040 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4041 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
4042
4043 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4044 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4045 // a struct/union/class.
4046 if (!ArgTy->isRecordType())
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004047 return Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004048
4049 // Otherwise, create a compound literal expression as the base, and
4050 // iteratively process the offsetof designators.
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004051 InitListExpr *IList =
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00004052 new (Context) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004053 IList->setType(ArgTy);
4054 Expr *Res =
4055 new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), ArgTy, IList, false);
4056
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004057 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4058 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
4059 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004060 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4061 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004062
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004063 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4064 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4065 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4066 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004067 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004068 if (!AT) {
4069 delete Res;
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004070 return Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type) << Res->getType();
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004071 }
4072
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004073 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4074
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004075 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4076 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
4077 if (!Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004078 return Diag(Idx->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4079 << Idx->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004080
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004081 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4082 OC.LocEnd);
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004083 continue;
4084 }
4085
4086 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4087 if (!RC) {
4088 delete Res;
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004089 return Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << Res->getType();
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004090 }
4091
4092 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4093 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004094 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00004095 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4096 LookupMemberName)
4097 .getAsDecl());
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004098 if (!MemberDecl)
Chris Lattner65cae292008-11-19 08:23:25 +00004099 return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4100 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd);
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004101
4102 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4103 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00004104 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4105 // matter here.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004106 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
4107 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004108 }
4109
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004110 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4111 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc);
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004112}
4113
4114
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004115Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004116 TypeTy *arg1, TypeTy *arg2,
4117 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4118 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4119 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
4120
4121 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4122
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004123 return new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc, argT1,
4124 argT2, RPLoc);
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004125}
4126
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004127Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, ExprTy *cond,
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004128 ExprTy *expr1, ExprTy *expr2,
4129 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4130 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond);
4131 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1);
4132 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2);
4133
4134 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4135
4136 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4137 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4138 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4139 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004140 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4141 << CondExpr->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004142
4143 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4144 QualType resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() :
4145 RHSExpr->getType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004146 return new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4147 resType, RPLoc);
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004148}
4149
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004150//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4151// Clang Extensions.
4152//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4153
4154/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004155void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004156 // Analyze block parameters.
4157 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
4158
4159 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4160 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4161 CurBlock = BSI;
4162
4163 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4164 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
4165
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004166 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004167 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004168}
4169
4170void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004171 // Analyze arguments to block.
4172 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4173 "Not a function declarator!");
4174 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
4175
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004176 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4177 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004178
4179 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4180 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4181 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4182 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
4183 (!((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType().getCVRQualifiers() &&
4184 ((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType())) {
4185 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004186 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004187 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4188 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004189 CurBlock->Params.push_back((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
4190 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004191 }
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004192 CurBlock->TheDecl->setArgs(&CurBlock->Params[0], CurBlock->Params.size());
4193
4194 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4195 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4196 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4197 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4198 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004199}
4200
4201/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4202/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4203void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4204 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4205 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
4206
4207 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4208 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
4209
4210 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
4211
4212}
4213
4214/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4215/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
4216Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, StmtTy *body,
4217 Scope *CurScope) {
4218 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4219 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
4220 llvm::OwningPtr<CompoundStmt> Body(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body));
4221
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004222 PopDeclContext();
4223
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004224 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4225 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
4226
4227 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4228 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4229 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
4230
4231 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4232 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4233 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
4234
4235 QualType BlockTy;
4236 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
4237 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionTypeNoProto(RetTy);
4238 else
4239 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004240 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004241
4242 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Steve Naroff9ac456d2008-10-08 17:01:13 +00004243
Steve Naroff95029d92008-10-08 18:44:00 +00004244 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(Body.take());
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004245 return new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004246}
4247
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004248/// ExprsMatchFnType - return true if the Exprs in array Args have
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004249/// QualTypes that match the QualTypes of the arguments of the FnType.
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004250/// The number of arguments has already been validated to match the number of
4251/// arguments in FnType.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004252static bool ExprsMatchFnType(Expr **Args, const FunctionTypeProto *FnType,
4253 ASTContext &Context) {
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004254 unsigned NumParams = FnType->getNumArgs();
Nate Begeman778fd3b2008-04-18 23:35:14 +00004255 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; ++i) {
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004256 QualType ExprTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Args[i]->getType());
4257 QualType ParmTy = Context.getCanonicalType(FnType->getArgType(i));
Nate Begeman778fd3b2008-04-18 23:35:14 +00004258
4259 if (ExprTy.getUnqualifiedType() != ParmTy.getUnqualifiedType())
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004260 return false;
Nate Begeman778fd3b2008-04-18 23:35:14 +00004261 }
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004262 return true;
4263}
4264
4265Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnOverloadExpr(ExprTy **args, unsigned NumArgs,
4266 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
4267 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4268 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004269 // __builtin_overload requires at least 2 arguments
4270 if (NumArgs < 2)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004271 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
4272 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004273
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004274 // The first argument is required to be a constant expression. It tells us
4275 // the number of arguments to pass to each of the functions to be overloaded.
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004276 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004277 Expr *NParamsExpr = Args[0];
4278 llvm::APSInt constEval(32);
4279 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4280 if (!NParamsExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(constEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004281 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_overload_expr_requires_non_zero_constant)
4282 << NParamsExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004283
4284 // Verify that the number of parameters is > 0
4285 unsigned NumParams = constEval.getZExtValue();
4286 if (NumParams == 0)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004287 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_overload_expr_requires_non_zero_constant)
4288 << NParamsExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004289 // Verify that we have at least 1 + NumParams arguments to the builtin.
4290 if ((NumParams + 1) > NumArgs)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004291 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
4292 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004293
4294 // Figure out the return type, by matching the args to one of the functions
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004295 // listed after the parameters.
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004296 OverloadExpr *OE = 0;
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004297 for (unsigned i = NumParams + 1; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
4298 // UsualUnaryConversions will convert the function DeclRefExpr into a
4299 // pointer to function.
4300 Expr *Fn = UsualUnaryConversions(Args[i]);
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004301 const FunctionTypeProto *FnType = 0;
4302 if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType())
4303 FnType = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionTypeProto();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004304
4305 // The Expr type must be FunctionTypeProto, since FunctionTypeProto has no
4306 // parameters, and the number of parameters must match the value passed to
4307 // the builtin.
4308 if (!FnType || (FnType->getNumArgs() != NumParams))
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004309 return Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_overload_incorrect_fntype)
4310 << Fn->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004311
4312 // Scan the parameter list for the FunctionType, checking the QualType of
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004313 // each parameter against the QualTypes of the arguments to the builtin.
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004314 // If they match, return a new OverloadExpr.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004315 if (ExprsMatchFnType(Args+1, FnType, Context)) {
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004316 if (OE)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004317 return Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_overload_multiple_match)
4318 << OE->getFn()->getSourceRange();
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004319 // Remember our match, and continue processing the remaining arguments
4320 // to catch any errors.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004321 OE = new (Context) OverloadExpr(Args, NumArgs, i,
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004322 FnType->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004323 BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
4324 }
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004325 }
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004326 // Return the newly created OverloadExpr node, if we succeded in matching
4327 // exactly one of the candidate functions.
4328 if (OE)
4329 return OE;
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004330
4331 // If we didn't find a matching function Expr in the __builtin_overload list
4332 // the return an error.
4333 std::string typeNames;
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004334 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; ++i) {
4335 if (i != 0) typeNames += ", ";
4336 typeNames += Args[i+1]->getType().getAsString();
4337 }
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004338
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004339 return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_overload_no_match)
4340 << typeNames << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004341}
4342
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004343Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4344 ExprTy *expr, TypeTy *type,
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004345 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004346 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr);
4347 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
4348
4349 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004350
4351 // Get the va_list type
4352 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4353 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4354 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4355 // a pointer for va_arg.
4356 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4357 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004358 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4359 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004360
4361 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible)
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004362 return Diag(E->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004363 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004364 << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004365
4366 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
4367
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004368 return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(), RPLoc);
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004369}
4370
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004371Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
4372 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4373 // pointers on the target.
4374 QualType Ty;
4375 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4376 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4377 else
4378 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4379
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004380 return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004381}
4382
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004383bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4384 SourceLocation Loc,
4385 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4386 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4387 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4388 bool isInvalid = false;
4389 unsigned DiagKind;
4390 switch (ConvTy) {
4391 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4392 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004393 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004394 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4395 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004396 case IntToPointer:
4397 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4398 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004399 case IncompatiblePointer:
4400 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4401 break;
4402 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4403 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4404 break;
4405 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004406 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4407 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4408 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4409 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4410 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4411 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4412 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4413 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4414 // C++ semantics.
4415 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4416 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4417 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004418 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4419 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004420 case IntToBlockPointer:
4421 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4422 break;
4423 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Steve Naroff82324d62008-09-24 23:31:10 +00004424 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004425 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004426 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
4427 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
4428 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4429 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4430 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004431 case IncompatibleVectors:
4432 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4433 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004434 case Incompatible:
4435 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4436 isInvalid = true;
4437 break;
4438 }
4439
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004440 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4441 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004442 return isInvalid;
4443}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004444
4445bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4446{
4447 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4448
4449 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
4450 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4451 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4452
4453 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4454 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4455 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4456 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4457 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4458 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4459 }
4460
4461 return true;
4462 }
4463
4464 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4465 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
4466 E->getSourceRange();
4467
4468 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4469 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4470 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4471 }
4472
4473 if (Result)
4474 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4475 return false;
4476}